1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
37 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
40 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
42 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
45 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
46 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
48 #include <sys/types.h>
51 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
58 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
59 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
62 #include "character.h"
65 #include "dispextern.h"
67 #include "termhooks.h"
70 #include "emacs-icon.h"
75 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
86 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
98 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
142 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
145 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
149 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
152 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
155 static bool any_help_event_p
;
157 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
160 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
164 /* The application context for Xt use. */
165 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
166 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
168 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
169 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
171 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
173 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
174 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
175 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
177 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
179 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
181 static int x_noop_count
;
183 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
185 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
186 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
189 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
190 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
192 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
193 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
196 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
197 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
201 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
206 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
207 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
208 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
209 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
211 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
212 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
213 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
215 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
216 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
217 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
218 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
219 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
222 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
223 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
224 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
225 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
226 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
227 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
228 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
229 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
230 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
232 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
233 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
234 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
235 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
236 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
237 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
238 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
239 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
240 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
241 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
242 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
244 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
245 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
246 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
247 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
248 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
249 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
250 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
251 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
252 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
254 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
255 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
256 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
257 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
258 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
259 const XEvent
*, int *,
260 struct input_event
*);
261 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
262 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
264 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
265 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
266 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
267 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
268 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
269 static void x_initialize (void);
272 /* Flush display of frame F. */
275 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
277 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
278 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
279 connection may be broken. */
280 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
284 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
289 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
290 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
291 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
292 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
293 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
296 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
299 /***********************************************************************
301 ***********************************************************************/
305 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
306 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
314 struct record event_record
[100];
316 int event_record_index
;
319 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
321 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
322 event_record_index
= 0;
324 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
325 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
326 event_record_index
++;
333 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
335 struct x_display_info
*
336 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
338 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
340 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
341 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
348 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
350 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
351 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
352 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
354 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
358 unsigned int nchildren
;
361 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
368 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
371 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
373 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
374 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
375 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
377 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
381 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
386 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
387 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
388 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
389 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
393 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
395 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
398 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
400 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
402 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
403 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
404 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
405 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
407 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
409 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
410 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
411 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
413 /* return unless necessary */
418 unsigned long n
, left
;
420 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
421 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
422 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
425 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
427 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
437 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
438 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
439 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
444 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
446 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
450 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
452 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
456 /***********************************************************************
457 Starting and ending an update
458 ***********************************************************************/
460 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
461 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
462 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
463 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
464 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
467 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
473 /* Start update of window W. */
476 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
478 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
479 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
481 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
485 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
487 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
488 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
490 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
492 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
493 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
500 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
503 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
505 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
508 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
510 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
513 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
514 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
517 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
520 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
522 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
523 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
524 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
525 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
526 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
527 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
528 ? face_first
->foreground
529 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
530 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
531 ? face_last
->foreground
532 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
533 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
534 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
536 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
539 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
540 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
542 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
543 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
544 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
545 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
546 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
547 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
549 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
552 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
553 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
555 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
556 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
557 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
558 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
559 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
560 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
564 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
565 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
566 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
570 /* End update of window W.
572 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
573 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
575 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
576 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
577 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
579 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
580 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
584 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
585 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
587 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
592 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
593 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
594 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
596 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
598 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
599 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
601 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
607 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
608 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
609 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
611 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
613 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
614 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
615 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
620 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
624 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
626 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
627 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
631 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
637 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
638 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
641 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
644 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
648 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
651 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
653 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
655 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
657 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
658 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
659 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
660 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
661 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
662 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
665 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
666 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
667 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
668 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
674 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
675 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
676 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
677 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
678 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
681 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
685 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
686 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
689 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
690 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
691 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
692 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
693 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
694 overhead is very small. */
699 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
700 && desired_row
->full_width_p
701 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
702 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
704 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
707 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
710 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
711 0, y
, width
, height
);
712 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
713 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
722 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
725 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
726 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
727 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
728 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
730 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
733 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
735 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
736 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
737 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
738 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
740 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
742 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
744 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
745 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
748 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
754 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
755 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
759 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
761 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
763 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
765 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
767 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
768 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
770 face
->background
, depth
);
774 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
775 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
778 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
779 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
780 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
784 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
785 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
786 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
790 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
791 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
792 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
796 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
799 /***********************************************************************
801 ***********************************************************************/
805 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
809 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
810 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
811 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
812 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
813 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
814 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
815 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
816 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
817 unsigned long *, double, int);
818 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
819 double, int, unsigned long);
820 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
821 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
822 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
823 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
824 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
825 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
827 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
828 int, int, int, int, int, int,
830 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
831 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
832 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
835 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
839 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
843 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
845 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
846 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
847 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
849 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
852 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
856 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
857 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
859 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
860 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
861 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
862 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
863 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
864 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
865 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
867 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
868 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
869 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
871 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
872 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
875 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
876 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
877 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
879 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
880 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
883 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
884 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
886 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
891 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
894 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
899 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
900 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
901 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
903 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
905 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
906 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
908 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
909 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
910 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
912 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
916 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
921 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
922 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
923 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
924 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
926 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
927 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
930 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
931 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
933 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
936 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
940 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
941 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
942 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
945 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
951 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
952 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
956 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
958 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
960 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
963 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
965 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
967 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
968 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
970 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
975 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
977 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
978 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
980 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
981 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
984 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
989 /* GC must have been set. */
990 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
994 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
995 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
998 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1000 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1001 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1004 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1009 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1010 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1014 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1019 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1021 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1024 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1029 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1032 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1035 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1036 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1038 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1040 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1042 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1043 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1046 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1047 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1048 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1052 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1054 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1056 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1057 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1058 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1062 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1063 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1068 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1071 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1074 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1075 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1076 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1077 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1081 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1082 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1083 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1084 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1085 contains the first component of a composition. */
1088 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1090 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1091 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1092 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1094 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1098 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1099 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1100 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1101 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1102 s
->background_width
,
1103 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1104 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1105 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1107 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1108 || s
->font_not_found_p
1109 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1112 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1113 s
->background_width
,
1114 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1115 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1121 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1124 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1128 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1129 of S to the right of that box line. */
1130 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1131 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1132 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1136 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1138 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1140 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1142 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1143 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1144 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1146 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1151 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1152 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1155 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1156 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1158 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1160 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1161 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1163 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1164 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1165 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1169 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1172 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1175 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1177 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1178 of S to the right of that box line. */
1179 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1180 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1181 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1185 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1186 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1187 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1188 this composition. */
1190 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1191 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1192 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1194 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1195 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1196 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1198 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1202 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1203 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1204 space on the left or right. */
1205 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1207 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1208 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1210 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1211 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1212 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1217 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1222 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1224 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1225 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1226 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1229 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1233 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1234 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1235 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1238 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1239 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1240 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1241 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1242 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1243 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1251 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1252 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1253 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1259 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1262 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1264 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1268 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1269 of S to the right of that box line. */
1270 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1271 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1272 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1278 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1280 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1281 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1283 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1286 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1287 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1291 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1292 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1293 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1294 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1295 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1296 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1299 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1301 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1302 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1303 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1309 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1312 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1313 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1315 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1316 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1318 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1319 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1320 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1322 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1323 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1324 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1327 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1328 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1329 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1330 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1331 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1332 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1336 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1340 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1341 cannot be determined. */
1343 static struct frame
*
1344 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1346 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1347 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1350 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1352 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1353 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1354 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1355 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1356 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1357 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1359 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1360 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1361 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1365 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1366 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1367 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1373 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1374 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1375 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1376 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1377 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1378 Value is true if successful. */
1381 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1382 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1384 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1385 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1388 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1391 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1392 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1394 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1396 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1398 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1403 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1404 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1406 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1409 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1411 DPY is the display we are working on.
1413 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1414 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1415 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1416 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1418 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1419 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1421 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1422 we allocated the color or not.
1424 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1427 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1428 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1429 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1439 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1440 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1442 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1446 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1447 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1448 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1450 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1452 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1453 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1455 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1457 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1458 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1460 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1461 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1463 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1464 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1469 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1471 params
[0] = color_name
;
1472 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1473 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1474 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1479 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1481 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1483 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1487 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1491 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1492 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1495 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1500 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1502 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1504 APP is the application context in which we work.
1506 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1507 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1508 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1510 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1513 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1518 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1520 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1523 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1525 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1526 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1527 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1528 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1529 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1534 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1537 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1538 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1539 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1540 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1542 static const XColor
*
1543 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1545 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1547 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1549 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1550 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1553 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1554 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1555 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1557 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1558 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1560 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1561 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1564 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1565 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1569 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1570 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1573 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1577 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1580 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1582 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1583 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1584 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1585 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1589 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1593 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1594 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1597 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1599 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1603 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1604 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1605 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1609 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1613 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1616 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1617 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1618 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1619 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1621 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1622 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1623 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1625 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1627 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1629 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1630 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1631 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1632 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1634 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1637 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1641 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1642 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1643 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1644 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1648 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1649 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1650 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1651 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1652 XColor
*cached_color
;
1654 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1655 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1656 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1657 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1658 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1660 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1661 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1662 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1666 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1668 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1669 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1675 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1676 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1677 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1681 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1683 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1684 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1688 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1689 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1690 get color reference counts right. */
1693 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1697 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1699 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1700 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1702 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1703 register_color (pixel
);
1709 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1712 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1713 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1714 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1715 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1716 use an additional additive factor.
1718 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1719 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1720 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1723 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1724 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1725 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1726 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1727 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1728 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1731 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1732 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1738 /* Get RGB color values. */
1739 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1740 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1742 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1743 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1744 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1745 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1746 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1748 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1749 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1751 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1752 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1753 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1754 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1755 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1757 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1758 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1759 /* The additive adjustment. */
1760 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1764 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1765 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1766 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1770 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1771 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1772 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1776 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1777 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1780 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1782 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1783 delta to the RGB values. */
1784 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1786 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1787 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1788 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1789 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1800 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1801 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1802 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1803 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1804 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1805 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1808 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1809 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1812 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1813 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1814 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1816 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1817 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1818 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1820 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1821 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1823 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1824 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1825 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1826 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1828 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1832 /* Allocate new color. */
1833 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1835 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1836 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1837 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1839 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1841 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1843 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1846 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1850 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1853 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1855 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1856 unsigned long color
;
1858 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1859 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1860 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1862 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1863 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1868 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1869 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1870 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1873 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1874 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1876 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1877 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1878 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1879 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1880 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1885 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1886 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1887 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1888 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1889 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1890 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1894 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1895 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1896 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1897 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1899 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1900 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1905 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1907 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1908 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1910 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1911 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1912 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1919 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1920 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1921 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1923 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1924 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1925 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1926 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1933 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1935 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1936 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1938 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1939 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1940 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1941 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1944 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1946 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1948 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1949 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1953 /* Outermost top line. */
1955 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1956 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1957 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1959 /* Outermost left line. */
1961 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1967 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1968 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1969 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1970 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1971 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1972 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1973 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1979 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1980 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1981 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1982 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1983 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1984 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1987 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1991 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1992 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1993 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1994 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1995 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1996 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1999 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2000 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2001 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2005 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2006 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2007 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2010 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2011 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2015 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2016 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2019 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2020 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2024 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2025 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2027 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2028 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2032 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2035 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2037 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2038 int left_p
, right_p
;
2039 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2040 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2042 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2043 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2044 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2046 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2047 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2049 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2051 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2052 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2054 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2056 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2058 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2060 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2061 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2063 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2064 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2065 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2067 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2069 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2071 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2072 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2073 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2076 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2077 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2078 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2083 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2086 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2089 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2091 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2092 right of that line. */
2093 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2094 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2096 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2098 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2100 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2101 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2102 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2103 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2109 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2110 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2111 trust on the shape extension to be available
2112 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2114 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2117 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2119 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2120 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2121 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2122 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2123 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2125 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2128 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2129 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2130 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2131 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2132 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2133 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2137 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2139 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2142 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2143 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2144 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2145 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2146 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2147 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2149 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2150 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2151 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2152 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2153 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2154 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2155 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2157 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2158 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2159 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2160 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2161 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2166 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2167 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2168 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2172 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2175 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2177 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2178 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2181 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2183 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2184 right of that line. */
2185 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2186 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2188 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2190 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2192 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2193 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2194 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2195 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2197 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2198 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2200 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2201 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2205 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2206 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2209 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2210 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2212 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2213 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2215 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2216 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2217 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2219 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2220 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2222 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2223 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2226 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2228 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2229 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2230 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2231 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2232 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2233 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2234 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2235 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2237 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2238 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2239 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2240 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2244 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2247 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2250 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2253 right of that line. */
2254 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2257 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2259 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2261 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2262 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2263 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2264 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2270 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2271 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2272 trust on the shape extension to be available
2273 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2275 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2279 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2280 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2281 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2282 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2283 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2285 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2286 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2287 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2288 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2292 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2293 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2294 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2296 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2297 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2298 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2299 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2300 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2301 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2302 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2304 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2305 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2306 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2307 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2312 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2313 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2314 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2318 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2319 give the rectangle to draw. */
2322 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2326 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2327 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2328 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2329 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2332 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2336 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2339 s->x +-------------------------
2342 | +-------------------------
2345 | | +-------------------
2351 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2353 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2354 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2356 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2359 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2360 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2361 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2362 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2364 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2365 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2367 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2368 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2372 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2373 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2377 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2378 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2379 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2380 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2381 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2383 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2384 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2385 s
->background_width
,
2388 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2390 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2392 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2395 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2396 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2397 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2398 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2399 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2400 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2401 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2406 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2408 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2410 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2411 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2418 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2420 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2423 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2424 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2427 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2428 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2430 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2433 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2436 /* Draw the foreground. */
2439 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2440 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2441 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2442 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2443 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2446 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2448 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2450 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2451 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2452 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2456 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2459 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2461 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2463 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2464 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2466 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2467 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2468 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2471 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2473 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2477 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2483 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2485 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2487 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2488 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2489 x
+= background_width
;
2491 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2492 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2496 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2498 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2499 if (width
< background_width
)
2502 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2506 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2510 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2511 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2513 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2519 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2520 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2522 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2524 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2525 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2526 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2527 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2532 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2533 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2534 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2535 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2538 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2541 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2543 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2544 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2546 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2547 except for header line and mode line. */
2548 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2550 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2553 if (background_width
> 0)
2554 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2557 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2561 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2567 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2572 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2574 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2575 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2576 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2579 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2581 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2585 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2589 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2590 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2591 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2593 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2596 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2598 /* Draw the waves */
2600 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2610 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2615 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2617 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2621 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2622 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2626 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2629 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2631 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2633 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2634 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2635 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2636 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2639 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2641 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2642 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2643 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2644 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2646 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2647 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2648 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2649 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2651 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2652 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2656 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2657 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2659 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2660 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2661 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2662 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2663 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2664 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2667 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2668 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2670 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2673 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2675 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2676 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2677 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2678 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2679 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2680 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2682 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2684 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2687 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2691 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2695 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2696 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2702 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2703 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2704 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2705 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2707 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2708 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2711 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2712 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2713 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2715 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2716 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2723 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2725 /* Draw underline. */
2726 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2728 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2730 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2731 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2735 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2736 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2737 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2738 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2741 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2743 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2746 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2747 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2749 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2750 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2751 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2755 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2756 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2757 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2760 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2761 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2764 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2765 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2766 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2767 specs, and its default is
2769 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2770 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2772 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2773 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2774 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2776 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2778 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2780 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2782 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2783 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2784 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2785 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2786 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2787 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2788 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2789 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2790 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2791 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2792 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2793 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2797 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2798 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2799 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2800 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2801 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2805 /* Draw overline. */
2806 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2808 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2810 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2811 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2816 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2817 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2818 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2820 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2824 /* Draw strike-through. */
2825 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2827 unsigned long h
= 1;
2828 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2830 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2831 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2836 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2837 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2838 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2840 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2844 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2845 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2846 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2850 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2852 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2853 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2854 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2856 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2857 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2858 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2861 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2862 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2863 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2864 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2866 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2867 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2869 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2875 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2877 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2878 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2879 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2881 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2882 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2883 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2886 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2887 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2888 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2889 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2891 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2892 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2894 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2895 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2900 /* Reset clipping. */
2901 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2905 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2908 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2910 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2911 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2912 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2916 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2920 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2926 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2927 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2930 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2932 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2933 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2937 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2940 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2942 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2944 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2948 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2950 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2951 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2952 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2954 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2955 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2956 redisplay, do it here. */
2957 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2958 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2961 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2968 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2971 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2977 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2978 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2979 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2981 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2982 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2983 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2984 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2986 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2990 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2993 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2994 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2995 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2996 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2997 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2998 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2999 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3000 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3001 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3004 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3005 pixels into background pixels. */
3009 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3010 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3011 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3013 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3014 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3018 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3019 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3020 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3021 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3022 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3023 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3024 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3025 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3027 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3028 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3030 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3032 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3033 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3034 width
, flash_height
);
3035 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3037 (height
- flash_height
3038 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3039 width
, flash_height
);
3043 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3044 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3045 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3046 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3051 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3052 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3054 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3056 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3058 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3059 struct timespec timeout
;
3061 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3062 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3065 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3066 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3068 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3069 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3073 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3074 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3076 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3078 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3079 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3080 width
, flash_height
);
3081 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3083 (height
- flash_height
3084 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3085 width
, flash_height
);
3088 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3089 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3090 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3091 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3097 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3099 #undef XFillRectangle
3101 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3112 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3115 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3120 /* Make audible bell. */
3123 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3125 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3133 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3135 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3137 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3143 /***********************************************************************
3145 ***********************************************************************/
3147 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3148 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3151 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3157 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3160 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3162 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3163 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3165 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3166 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3168 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3170 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3171 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3172 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3176 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3177 line at the bottom. */
3178 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3179 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3181 height
= run
->height
;
3185 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3187 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3188 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3190 height
= run
->height
;
3195 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3198 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3199 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3200 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3210 /***********************************************************************
3212 ***********************************************************************/
3216 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3218 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3219 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3220 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3221 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3223 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3224 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3225 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3226 because of this (bug#9310). */
3227 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3228 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3229 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3230 x_uncatch_errors ();
3232 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3233 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3237 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3239 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3240 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3241 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3242 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3244 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3245 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3246 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3247 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3248 x_uncatch_errors ();
3250 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3251 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3254 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3255 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3256 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3257 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3258 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3261 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3263 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3265 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3267 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3268 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3269 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3271 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3272 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3274 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3275 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3277 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3280 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3283 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3284 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3285 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3288 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3290 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3292 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3294 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3295 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3297 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3298 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3299 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3300 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3301 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3302 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3303 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3304 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3306 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3307 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3310 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3313 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3314 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3317 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3319 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3321 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3323 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3324 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3326 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3327 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3331 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3332 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3334 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3335 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3339 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3340 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3342 static struct frame
*
3343 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3345 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3351 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3354 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3356 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3358 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3359 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3360 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3361 /* A tooltip frame? */
3362 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3363 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3364 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3366 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3368 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3370 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3371 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3372 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3375 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3376 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3377 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3379 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3384 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3386 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3389 static struct frame
*
3390 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3392 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3393 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3404 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3406 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3407 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3408 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3413 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3415 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3418 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3419 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3420 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3422 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3423 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3427 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3428 /* A tooltip frame. */
3436 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3438 static struct frame
*
3439 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3440 const XEvent
*event
)
3442 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3443 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3450 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3453 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3455 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3457 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3460 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3461 if (x
->menubar_widget
3462 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3469 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3470 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3473 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3475 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3482 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3485 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3487 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3491 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3493 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3494 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3497 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3501 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3502 /* Tooltip frame. */
3508 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3510 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3511 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3513 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3515 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3516 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3518 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3521 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3522 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3527 switch (event
->type
)
3532 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3534 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3536 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3537 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3538 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3539 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3541 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3547 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3548 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3549 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3550 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3554 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3556 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3557 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3558 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3565 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3566 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3569 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3571 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3575 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3576 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3577 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3579 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3580 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3581 the appropriate X display info. */
3584 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3586 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3590 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3592 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3594 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3596 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3597 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3598 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3599 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3600 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3602 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3603 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3607 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3609 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3612 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3613 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3614 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3620 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3622 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3624 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3626 int min_code
, max_code
;
3629 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3631 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3632 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3633 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3634 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3635 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3637 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3639 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3640 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3642 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3644 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3645 Alt keysyms are on. */
3647 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3648 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3650 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3652 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3653 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3655 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3657 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3661 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3665 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3667 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3673 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3674 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3679 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3680 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3685 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3686 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3687 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3688 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3693 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3694 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3695 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3696 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3700 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3701 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3702 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3703 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3704 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3713 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3714 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3716 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3717 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3720 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3721 make them just meta, not alt. */
3722 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3724 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3728 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3731 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3735 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3737 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3738 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3739 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3740 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3743 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3744 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3745 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3746 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3747 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3748 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3749 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3750 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3752 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3753 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3754 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3755 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3756 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3757 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3761 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3763 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3764 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3765 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3766 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3770 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3771 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3772 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3773 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3774 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3775 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3776 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3777 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3780 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3781 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3782 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3783 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3784 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3785 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3788 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3791 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3796 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3802 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3804 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3805 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3806 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3807 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3809 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3811 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3812 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3813 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3814 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3815 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3816 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3817 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3818 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3819 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3822 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3824 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3828 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3829 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3832 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3834 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3835 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3836 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3837 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3839 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3843 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3844 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3845 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3850 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3851 The input handler calls this.
3853 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3854 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3855 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3856 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3859 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3862 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3864 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3867 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3868 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3869 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3870 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3871 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3873 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3875 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3876 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3877 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3878 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3883 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3884 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3885 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3886 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3887 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3889 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3890 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3891 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3892 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3893 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3894 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3901 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3902 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3904 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3905 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3906 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3907 position on the scroll bar.
3909 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3910 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3913 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3914 was at this position.
3916 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3918 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3922 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3923 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3927 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3931 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3932 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3938 Window dummy_window
;
3941 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3943 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3944 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3945 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3946 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3947 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3949 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3951 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3952 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3953 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3955 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3958 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3959 a different screen. */
3962 /* The position on that root window. */
3965 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3968 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3970 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3972 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3973 containing the pointer. */
3977 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3981 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3982 structure is changing at the same time this function
3983 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3985 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3987 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3989 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3990 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3991 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3997 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3999 /* From-position, to-position. */
4000 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4004 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4010 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4012 /* From-window, to-window. */
4015 /* From-position, to-position. */
4016 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4021 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4024 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4025 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4026 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4027 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4028 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4036 /* Now we know that:
4037 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4038 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4039 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4040 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4041 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4042 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4043 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4044 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4045 never use them in that case.) */
4048 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4049 want the edit window. */
4050 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4052 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4053 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4056 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4057 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4060 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4061 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4063 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4066 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4069 x_uncatch_errors ();
4071 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4074 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4076 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4080 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4086 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4087 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4091 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4092 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4093 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4094 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4095 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4096 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4097 the frame are divided into. */
4099 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4100 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4101 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4102 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4107 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4108 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4109 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4119 /***********************************************************************
4121 ***********************************************************************/
4123 /* Scroll bar support. */
4125 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4127 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4130 static struct scroll_bar
*
4131 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4133 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4135 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4136 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4137 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4139 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4141 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4143 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4146 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4148 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4149 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4150 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4151 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4152 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4155 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4156 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4157 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4158 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4165 #if defined USE_LUCID
4167 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4168 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4171 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4173 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4175 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4176 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4178 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4180 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4186 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4189 /************************************************************************
4191 ************************************************************************/
4193 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4195 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4197 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4198 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4200 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4202 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4203 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4206 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4208 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4210 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4212 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4213 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4214 to avoid jerkiness. */
4216 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4218 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4219 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4220 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4221 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4224 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4225 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4228 const char *end_action
;
4231 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4232 end_action
= "Release";
4233 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4234 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4235 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4236 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4239 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4240 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4243 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4245 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4246 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4247 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4248 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4250 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4253 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4254 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4256 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4257 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4258 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4260 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4261 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4264 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4266 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4267 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4268 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4269 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4272 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4275 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4276 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4277 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4278 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4279 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4280 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4281 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4285 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4286 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4287 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4288 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4289 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4292 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4293 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4294 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4295 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4296 will resolve such issues someday. */
4297 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4298 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4299 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4300 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4301 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4303 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4304 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4305 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4306 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4309 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4310 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4311 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4312 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4317 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4321 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4322 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4324 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4328 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4329 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4330 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4331 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4332 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4334 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4336 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4337 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4340 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4343 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4346 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4347 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4348 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4349 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4355 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4357 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4360 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4361 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4362 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4365 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4368 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4369 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4373 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4375 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4378 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4380 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4383 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4385 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4388 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4390 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4395 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4398 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4400 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4407 /* Get the slider size. */
4409 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4412 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4413 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4414 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4415 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4419 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4425 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4426 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4430 #elif defined USE_GTK
4432 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4433 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4436 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4437 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4442 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4443 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4444 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4446 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4450 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4451 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4452 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4453 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4455 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4456 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4457 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4458 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
4459 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4462 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4463 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4466 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4467 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4470 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4471 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4474 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4475 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4482 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4483 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4489 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4492 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4493 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4496 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4498 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4500 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4501 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4502 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4509 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4511 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4512 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4513 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4517 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4519 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4520 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4521 float top
= *top_addr
;
4523 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4524 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4526 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4528 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4532 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4534 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4535 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4536 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4537 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4538 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4540 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4542 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4544 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4545 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4546 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4547 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4551 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4552 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4553 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4554 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4555 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4556 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4557 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4560 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4562 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4563 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4564 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4566 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4568 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4570 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4573 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4574 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4576 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4577 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4578 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4579 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4581 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4583 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4585 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4586 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4589 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4591 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4593 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4594 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4598 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4600 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4603 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4604 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4609 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4612 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4618 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4619 unsigned long pixel
;
4624 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4627 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4628 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4629 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4633 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4636 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4640 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4643 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4647 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4648 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4650 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4651 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4653 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4661 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4663 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4666 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4667 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4669 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4670 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4671 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4672 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4674 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4676 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4677 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4678 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4679 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4680 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4681 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4682 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4683 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4685 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4688 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4692 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4695 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4699 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4701 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4702 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4704 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4707 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4708 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4709 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4711 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4714 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4716 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4719 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4720 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4721 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4723 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4727 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4728 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4729 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4730 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4731 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4732 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4733 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4737 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4741 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4742 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4743 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4745 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4747 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4750 /* Specify the colors. */
4751 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4754 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4757 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4760 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4766 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4767 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4770 char const *initial
= "";
4771 char const *val
= initial
;
4772 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4773 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4774 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4776 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4777 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4778 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4779 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4780 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4781 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4785 /* Define callbacks. */
4786 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4787 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4790 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4791 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4793 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4795 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4796 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4797 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4798 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4800 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4801 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4802 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4803 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4807 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4810 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4811 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4815 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4817 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4820 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4822 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4825 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4826 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4833 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4835 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4836 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4837 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4838 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4839 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4840 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4841 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4842 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4843 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4844 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4845 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4846 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4847 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4848 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4856 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4857 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4860 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4864 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4865 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4867 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4869 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4870 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4871 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4873 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4875 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4881 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4882 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4886 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4888 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4889 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4890 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4894 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4895 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4896 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4899 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4900 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4901 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4902 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4904 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4905 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4906 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4907 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4908 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4911 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4912 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4913 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4914 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4916 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4917 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4920 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4921 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4922 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4924 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4928 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4932 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4934 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4938 /************************************************************************
4939 Scroll bars, general
4940 ************************************************************************/
4942 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4943 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4944 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4947 static struct scroll_bar
*
4948 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4950 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4951 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4952 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4957 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4958 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4959 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4961 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4965 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4966 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4967 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4969 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4970 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4972 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4974 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4976 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4977 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4978 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4979 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4980 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4981 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4983 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4984 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4985 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4986 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4993 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4995 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4997 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5001 bar
->height
= height
;
5005 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5006 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5009 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5010 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5012 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5013 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5014 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5015 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5017 /* Map the window/widget. */
5018 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5021 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5022 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5023 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5024 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5025 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5026 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5027 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5029 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5030 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5031 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5038 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5040 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5042 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5043 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5044 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5047 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5048 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5049 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5050 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5051 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5054 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5056 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5057 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5058 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5059 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5061 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5063 && start
== bar
->start
5070 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5071 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5072 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5074 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5075 the distance between start and end. */
5077 int length
= end
- start
;
5081 else if (start
> top_range
)
5083 end
= start
+ length
;
5087 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5091 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5095 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5096 if (end
> top_range
)
5099 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5100 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5101 that many pixels tall. */
5102 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5104 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5105 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5107 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5108 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5109 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5110 inside_width
, start
);
5112 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5113 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5114 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5115 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5117 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5118 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5119 /* x, y, width, height */
5120 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5121 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5122 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5124 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5125 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5126 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5127 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5129 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5130 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5131 if (end
< inside_height
)
5132 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5133 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5134 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5135 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5141 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5143 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5147 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5149 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5152 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5154 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5155 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5156 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5157 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5159 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5162 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5163 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5169 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5170 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5171 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5175 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5177 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5179 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5180 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5181 int window_y
, window_height
;
5183 /* Get window dimensions. */
5184 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5186 height
= window_height
;
5188 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5189 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5190 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5192 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5193 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5195 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5198 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5199 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5203 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5207 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5208 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5210 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5214 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5216 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5218 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5220 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5223 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5225 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5228 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5229 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5230 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5231 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5232 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5234 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5235 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5236 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5237 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5238 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5239 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5241 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5243 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5252 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5256 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5258 /* Remember new settings. */
5262 bar
->height
= height
;
5267 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5268 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5269 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5270 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5272 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5274 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5277 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5280 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5281 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5282 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5285 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5287 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5288 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5292 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5293 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5294 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5295 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5296 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5297 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5298 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5300 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5301 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5302 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5305 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5307 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5308 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5311 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5312 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5313 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5314 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5315 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5316 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5317 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5322 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5323 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5326 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5328 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5332 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5333 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5336 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5338 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5339 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5340 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5342 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5344 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5345 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5347 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5348 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5349 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5351 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5352 one or the other! */
5356 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5358 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5359 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5361 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5363 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5364 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5365 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5366 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5369 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5370 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5373 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5375 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5377 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5379 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5380 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5381 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5383 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5385 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5387 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5390 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5393 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5394 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5398 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5399 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5400 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5402 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5406 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5408 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5409 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5410 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5414 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5416 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5417 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5418 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5419 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5421 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5422 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5423 /* x, y, width, height */
5424 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5426 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5428 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5429 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5434 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5436 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5437 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5439 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5444 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5445 const XEvent
*event
,
5446 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5448 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5451 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5452 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5453 emacs_event
->modifiers
5454 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5455 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5456 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5457 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5460 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5461 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5462 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5465 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5466 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5469 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5472 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5473 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5474 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5476 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5478 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5479 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5480 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5482 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5483 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5485 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5490 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5491 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5495 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5497 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5499 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5503 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5504 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5506 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5507 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5509 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5510 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5513 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5514 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5516 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5517 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5519 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5521 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5523 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5528 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5530 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5531 on the scroll bar. */
5534 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5535 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5536 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5538 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5539 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5540 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5541 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5543 Window dummy_window
;
5545 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5549 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5551 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5553 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5554 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5555 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5557 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5560 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5563 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5565 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5567 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5568 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5572 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5576 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5578 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5579 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5580 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5581 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5582 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5583 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5585 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5587 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5588 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5591 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5592 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5599 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5600 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5601 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5605 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5607 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5610 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5611 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5612 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5613 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5614 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5615 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5616 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5617 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5619 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5622 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5624 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5625 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5627 static int temp_index
;
5628 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5630 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5631 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
5633 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5635 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5637 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5639 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5641 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5642 on a particular display. */
5644 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5646 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5647 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5648 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5649 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5651 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5660 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5661 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5662 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5664 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5666 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5670 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5672 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5673 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5674 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5677 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5678 event
->xclient
.window
);
5680 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5685 static int current_count
;
5686 static int current_finish
;
5687 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5689 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5690 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5691 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5692 static GdkFilterReturn
5693 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5695 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5698 if (current_count
>= 0)
5700 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5702 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5705 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5706 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5707 so we do it here. */
5708 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5710 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5713 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5718 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5721 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5725 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5729 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5730 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5732 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5734 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5737 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5738 enum xembed_message
,
5739 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5741 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5743 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5744 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5745 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5746 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5748 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5751 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5752 const XEvent
*event
,
5753 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5756 struct input_event ie
;
5757 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5761 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5762 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5763 struct coding_system coding
;
5764 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5765 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5766 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5767 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5768 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5769 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5773 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5775 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5776 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5779 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5781 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5782 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5784 switch (event
->type
)
5788 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5789 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5791 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5793 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5794 because this could be the shell widget window
5795 if the frame has no title bar. */
5798 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5799 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5800 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5802 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5803 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5804 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5805 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5806 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5809 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5810 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5811 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5812 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5815 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5816 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5817 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5820 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5821 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5822 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5824 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5825 /* The ICCCM says this is
5826 the only valid choice. */
5828 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5829 /* This is needed to detect the error
5830 if there is an error. */
5832 x_uncatch_errors ();
5834 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5839 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5841 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5842 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5843 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5844 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5845 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5846 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5847 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5848 session manager and one for this. */
5850 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5853 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5854 event
->xclient
.window
);
5855 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5856 for a single Emacs process. */
5857 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5858 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5859 event
->xclient
.window
,
5860 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5862 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5863 event
->xclient
.window
,
5869 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5873 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5875 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5876 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5883 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5886 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5889 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5891 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5892 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5896 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5903 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5907 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5908 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5911 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5913 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5914 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5916 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5917 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5918 currently never do because we are interested in
5919 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5920 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5921 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5924 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5925 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5929 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5930 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5931 we construct an input_event. */
5932 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5934 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5935 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5938 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5940 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5941 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5943 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5944 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5945 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5947 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5951 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5956 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5957 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5961 case SelectionNotify
:
5962 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5963 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5964 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5966 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5967 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5970 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5971 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5972 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5973 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5975 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5977 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5979 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5980 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5981 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5982 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5986 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5987 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5988 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5989 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5991 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5993 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5995 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5997 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5998 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5999 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6000 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6001 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6005 case PropertyNotify
:
6006 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6007 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6008 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6009 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6010 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6011 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6013 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6014 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6015 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6016 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6017 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6018 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6019 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6020 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6021 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6024 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6025 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6028 case ReparentNotify
:
6029 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6032 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6033 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6035 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6036 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6037 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6039 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6044 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6047 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6049 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6050 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6051 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6052 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6057 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6058 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6059 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6060 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6061 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6062 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6064 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6065 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6070 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6071 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6073 #if defined USE_LUCID
6074 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6075 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6076 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6078 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6080 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6082 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6084 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6085 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6087 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6088 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6089 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6092 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6093 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6096 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6097 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6101 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6102 source area was obscured or not
6104 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6106 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6107 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6108 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6109 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6110 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6113 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6116 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6117 source area was completely
6122 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6123 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6126 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6129 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6130 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6131 the frame was deleted. */
6133 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6134 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6135 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6136 display that won't ever be seen. */
6137 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6138 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6139 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6140 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6141 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6142 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6143 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6144 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6146 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6147 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6148 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6154 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6155 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6156 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6159 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6160 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6161 frame is visible. */
6162 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6165 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6167 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6168 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6169 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6170 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6172 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6173 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6174 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6178 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6179 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6181 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6182 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6183 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6184 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6187 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6194 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6195 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6197 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6198 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6199 if (popup_activated ())
6205 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6206 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6207 mouse highlighting. */
6208 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6210 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6212 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6213 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6217 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6220 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6221 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6222 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6223 event
->xkey
.window
);
6224 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6226 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6227 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6230 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6234 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6235 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6236 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6239 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6240 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6241 status_return even if the input is too long to
6242 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6243 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6244 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6245 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6246 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6247 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6248 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6250 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6252 /* Event will be modified. */
6253 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6256 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6257 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6258 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6260 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6263 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6264 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6265 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6267 /* This will have to go some day... */
6269 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6270 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6271 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6272 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6273 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6274 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6275 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6277 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6278 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6279 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6280 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6281 not it is combined with Meta. */
6282 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6283 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6288 Status status_return
;
6290 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6291 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6292 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6293 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6295 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6297 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6298 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6299 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6300 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6301 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6304 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6305 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6307 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6312 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6313 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6317 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6318 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6321 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6322 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6326 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6327 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6328 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6331 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6332 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6334 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6335 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6337 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6338 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6340 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6341 translations to characters. */
6342 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6343 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6345 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6346 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6350 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6351 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6353 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6354 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6356 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6357 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6361 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6362 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6363 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6368 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6369 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6370 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6371 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6375 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6376 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6377 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6378 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6379 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6380 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6382 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6383 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6385 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6386 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6387 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6388 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6389 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6406 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6407 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6409 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6410 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6412 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6413 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6415 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6416 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6418 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6419 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6421 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6422 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6424 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6425 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6430 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6431 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6432 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6433 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6434 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6435 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6436 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6437 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6438 don't have real modifiers but
6439 should be treated similarly to
6440 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6441 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6442 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6443 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6447 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6448 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6450 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6451 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6455 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6459 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6461 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6463 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6466 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6468 /* Decode the input data. */
6470 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6471 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6472 we used just above and the locale. */
6473 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6474 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6475 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6476 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6477 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6478 gives us composition information. */
6479 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6481 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6483 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6484 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6485 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6486 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6487 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6488 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6491 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6492 character events. */
6493 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6496 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6497 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6499 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6500 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6501 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6502 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6504 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6509 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6511 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6514 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6515 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6519 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6520 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6528 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6530 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6531 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6539 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6540 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6544 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6545 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6547 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6548 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6549 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6550 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6552 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6553 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6554 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6555 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6560 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6564 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6565 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6567 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6570 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6572 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6573 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6574 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6575 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6578 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6579 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6580 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6581 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6582 if (any_help_event_p
)
6586 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6587 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6588 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6593 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6598 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6599 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6600 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6602 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6603 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6605 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6607 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6608 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6612 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6618 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6619 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6620 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6622 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6623 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6624 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6626 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6627 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6628 will be selected only when it is active. */
6629 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6630 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6631 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6632 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6633 create event iff we don't leave the
6635 && (focus_follows_mouse
6636 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6637 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6639 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6640 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6642 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6643 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6645 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6646 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6650 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6651 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6652 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6653 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6656 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6657 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6659 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6660 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6661 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6664 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6665 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6666 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6667 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6672 case ConfigureNotify
:
6673 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6677 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6679 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6680 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6686 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6688 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6689 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6691 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6692 is called by the code that handles resizing
6693 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6695 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6696 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6697 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6698 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6699 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6700 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6701 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6703 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6704 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6705 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6706 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6709 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6710 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6711 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6715 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6716 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6717 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6718 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6720 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6723 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6724 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6733 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6734 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6735 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6737 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6738 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6739 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6741 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6742 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6745 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6750 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6751 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6752 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6753 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6756 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6757 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6759 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6760 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6762 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6763 handle_tool_bar_click
6764 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6765 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6767 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6770 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6771 if (! popup_activated ())
6774 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6776 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6777 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6779 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6780 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6782 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6783 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6786 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6788 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6789 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6790 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6794 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6795 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6796 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6798 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6799 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6801 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6803 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6804 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6806 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6808 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6809 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6812 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6814 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6815 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6816 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6817 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
6818 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6819 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6822 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6824 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6825 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6826 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6830 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6831 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6832 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6833 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6834 Instead, save it away
6835 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6836 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6837 if (! popup_activated ()
6839 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6840 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6842 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6843 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6844 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6845 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6846 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6847 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6848 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6849 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6851 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6852 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6853 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6854 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6855 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6856 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6860 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6864 case CirculateNotify
:
6867 case CirculateRequest
:
6870 case VisibilityNotify
:
6874 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6876 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6878 case MappingModifier
:
6879 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6880 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6881 case MappingKeyboard
:
6882 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6887 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6894 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6895 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6897 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6902 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6904 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6909 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6914 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6920 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6921 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6922 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6926 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6927 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6936 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6937 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6938 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6940 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6942 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6945 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6947 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6950 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6955 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6956 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6958 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6959 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6960 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6964 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6967 int event_found
= 0;
6968 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6972 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6973 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6975 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6976 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6980 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6985 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6988 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6989 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6994 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6996 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7002 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7003 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7004 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7005 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7007 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7008 from all displays. */
7010 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7012 current_count
= count
;
7013 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7015 gtk_main_iteration ();
7017 count
= current_count
;
7019 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7021 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7024 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7026 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7027 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7030 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7031 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7032 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7034 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7038 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7039 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7041 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7043 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7044 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7048 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7049 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7050 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7052 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7053 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7064 /***********************************************************************
7066 ***********************************************************************/
7068 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7069 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7071 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7072 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7073 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7076 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7077 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7079 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7080 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7081 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7083 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7085 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7086 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7087 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7088 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7089 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7091 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7095 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7098 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7100 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7101 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7102 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7105 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7108 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7109 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7110 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7111 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7114 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7115 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7116 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7118 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7119 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7120 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7121 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7122 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7124 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7125 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7126 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7128 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7129 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7130 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7131 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7135 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7137 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7138 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7139 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7143 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7145 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7146 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7148 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7149 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7151 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7152 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7155 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7156 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7157 the bar might not be in the window. */
7158 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7160 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7161 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7162 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7166 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7167 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7168 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7169 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7170 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7173 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7174 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7175 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7176 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7177 that the glyph is legible. */
7178 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7179 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7181 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7182 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7185 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7188 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7189 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7192 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7194 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7196 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7199 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7200 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7202 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7204 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7205 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7206 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7207 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7209 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7210 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7211 width
, row
->height
);
7215 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7218 width
= row
->height
;
7220 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7222 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7223 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7225 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7226 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7227 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7228 row
->height
- width
),
7229 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7232 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7237 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7240 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7242 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7243 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7244 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7245 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7249 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7252 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7254 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7256 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7257 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7258 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7263 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7266 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7267 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7268 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7270 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7274 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7275 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7277 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7278 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7279 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7280 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7282 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7283 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7287 switch (cursor_type
)
7289 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7290 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7293 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7294 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7298 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7302 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7306 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7315 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7316 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7317 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7321 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7327 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7330 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7332 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7334 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7337 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7338 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7339 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7340 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7345 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7346 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7347 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7349 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7350 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7351 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7355 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7356 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7362 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7363 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7364 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7366 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7370 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7372 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7374 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7378 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7381 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7382 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7386 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7387 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7391 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7392 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7393 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7394 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7395 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7397 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7400 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7401 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7407 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7408 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7411 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7413 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7418 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7419 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7421 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7422 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7425 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7426 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7427 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7428 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7433 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7435 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7436 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7438 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7439 be called from a signal handler.
7442 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7443 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7445 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7447 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7449 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7450 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7451 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7454 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7456 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7457 x_error_message
->string
,
7458 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7461 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7462 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7465 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7466 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7467 stored in *x_error_message.
7469 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7470 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7472 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7475 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7477 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7479 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7483 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7484 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7485 x_error_message
= data
;
7488 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7489 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7492 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7494 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7498 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7499 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7500 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7501 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7503 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7504 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7509 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7510 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7511 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7514 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7516 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7519 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7521 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7522 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7523 x_uncatch_errors ();
7524 error (format
, string
);
7528 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7529 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7532 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7534 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7537 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7540 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7543 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7545 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7548 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7549 * idea. --lorentey */
7550 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7553 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7555 while (x_error_message
)
7556 x_uncatch_errors ();
7561 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7564 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7569 /************************************************************************
7571 ************************************************************************/
7573 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7575 static char *error_msg
;
7577 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7578 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7581 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7584 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7585 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7587 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7588 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7590 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7591 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7595 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7597 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7598 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7601 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7602 that are on the dead display. */
7603 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7605 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7607 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7608 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7609 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7610 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7611 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7612 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7615 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7616 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7617 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7618 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7619 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7620 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7622 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7623 trying to find a replacement. */
7624 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7625 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7628 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7629 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7632 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7633 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7634 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7636 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7637 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7638 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7639 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7640 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7641 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7642 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7643 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7644 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7647 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7649 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7650 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7652 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7653 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7654 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7655 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7660 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7661 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7665 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7667 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7668 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7672 totally_unblock_input ();
7674 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7675 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7677 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7678 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7680 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7681 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7682 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7683 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7686 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7687 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7688 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7690 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7691 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7694 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7696 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7697 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7698 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7704 if (x_error_message
)
7705 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7707 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7711 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7712 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7713 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7715 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7717 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7718 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7720 static void NO_INLINE
7721 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7723 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7725 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7726 or colors that are not defined. */
7728 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7731 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7732 original error handler. */
7734 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7735 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7736 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7737 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7741 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7742 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7743 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7746 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7750 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7751 DisplayString (display
));
7752 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7756 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7758 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7759 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7760 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7764 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7766 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7770 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7771 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7772 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7773 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7777 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7778 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7779 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7780 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7782 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7783 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7785 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7787 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
7789 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
7791 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7792 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7793 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7794 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7796 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7798 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7800 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7801 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7802 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7803 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7804 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7805 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7810 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7813 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7822 /***********************************************************************
7824 ***********************************************************************/
7830 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7831 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7832 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7835 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7837 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7838 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7842 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7843 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7845 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7846 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7848 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7849 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7853 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7854 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7855 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7859 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7861 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7862 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7865 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7873 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7874 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7881 XIMCallback destroy
;
7884 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7885 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7888 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7889 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7890 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7896 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7897 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7901 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7903 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7904 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7905 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7906 when the callback was registered. */
7909 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7911 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7912 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7914 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7918 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7920 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7921 as they have no XIC. */
7922 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7924 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7927 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7929 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7932 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7933 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7935 create_frame_xic (f
);
7936 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7937 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7938 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7940 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7941 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7950 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7953 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7954 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7955 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7956 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7959 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7961 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7965 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7966 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7969 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7970 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7971 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7972 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7973 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7974 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7975 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7976 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7977 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7978 eassert (ret
== True
);
7979 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7980 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7981 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7983 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7987 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7990 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7995 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7996 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
7998 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8000 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8001 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8002 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8003 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8004 eassert (ret
== True
);
8006 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8008 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8009 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8010 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8011 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8012 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8014 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8017 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8021 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8022 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8025 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8027 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8029 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8030 is already for the top-left corner. */
8031 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8034 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8035 position that fits on the screen. */
8036 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8037 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8038 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8041 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8043 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8044 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8045 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8047 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8048 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8049 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8050 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8053 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8054 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8056 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8059 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8060 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8061 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8064 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8065 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8066 so the flags should correspond. */
8067 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8070 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8071 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8072 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8073 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8074 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8077 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8079 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8081 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8085 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8087 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8089 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8090 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8092 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8095 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8097 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8098 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8100 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8102 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8103 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8104 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8105 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8106 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8109 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8110 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8112 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8113 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8116 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8117 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8118 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8119 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8122 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8123 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8124 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8126 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8127 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8128 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8129 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8130 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8131 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8136 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8137 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8138 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8139 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8140 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8143 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8146 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8147 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8148 Window wmcheck_window
;
8149 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8150 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8151 long max_len
= 65536;
8152 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8153 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8154 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8158 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8159 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8160 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8161 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8162 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8163 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8165 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8167 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8168 x_uncatch_errors ();
8173 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8176 /* Check if window exists. */
8177 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8179 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8181 x_uncatch_errors ();
8186 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8188 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8190 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8191 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8192 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8193 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8195 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8197 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8198 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8199 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8200 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8201 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8203 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8205 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8206 x_uncatch_errors ();
8211 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8212 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8213 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8218 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8219 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8221 x_uncatch_errors ();
8228 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8232 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8233 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8235 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8237 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8239 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8241 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8246 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8249 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8251 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8253 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8257 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8258 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8259 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8261 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8264 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8270 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8271 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8273 long max_len
= 65536;
8274 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8275 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8276 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8279 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8282 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8283 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8284 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8285 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8286 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8288 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8290 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8291 x_uncatch_errors ();
8293 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8296 x_uncatch_errors ();
8298 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8300 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8301 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8304 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8306 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8308 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8309 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8311 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8313 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8315 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8316 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8318 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8320 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8321 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8322 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8326 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8331 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8334 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8336 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8337 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8340 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8342 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8343 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8345 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8347 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8351 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8353 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8354 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8355 are sent at once. */
8356 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8358 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8359 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8360 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8362 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8363 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8365 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8366 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8367 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8368 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8370 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8371 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8373 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8374 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8375 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8376 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8378 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8379 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8381 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8382 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8383 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8384 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8385 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8387 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8388 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8389 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8391 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8395 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8399 return have_net_atom
;
8403 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8405 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8408 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8416 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8418 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8421 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8426 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8429 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8432 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8435 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8440 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8441 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8446 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8447 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8449 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8451 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8455 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8457 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8458 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8459 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8461 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8463 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8464 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8466 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8468 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8469 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8470 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8471 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8472 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8474 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8475 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8478 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8481 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8486 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8487 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8488 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8489 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8490 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8491 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8492 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8495 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8497 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8499 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8500 window manager window around the frame. */
8502 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8504 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8506 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8511 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8512 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8513 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8515 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8517 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8518 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8520 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8521 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8523 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8526 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8527 frame's position. */
8529 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8533 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8534 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8535 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8536 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8537 of an exact comparison. */
8540 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8544 while (count
++ < 50)
8546 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8548 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8549 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8552 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8553 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8557 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8560 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8561 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8564 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8568 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8569 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8571 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8575 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8577 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8579 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8582 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8583 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8585 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8587 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8588 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8589 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8590 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8592 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8594 pending_signals
= 1;
8595 totally_unblock_input ();
8596 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8598 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8603 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8604 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8607 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8608 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8609 break; /* Timeout */
8612 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8616 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8617 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8618 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8619 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8622 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8624 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8626 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8628 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8630 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8631 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8632 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8633 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8634 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8635 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8636 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8637 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8638 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8639 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8640 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8641 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8642 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8645 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8646 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8647 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8648 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8649 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8651 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8652 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8653 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8654 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8656 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8657 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8658 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8659 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8660 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8662 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8665 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8666 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8667 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8668 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8669 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8672 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8678 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8679 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8680 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8681 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8684 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8688 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8690 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8692 int text_width
, text_height
;
8694 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8695 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8696 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8697 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8698 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8699 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8700 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8701 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8702 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8703 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8705 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8707 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8708 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8710 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8714 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8716 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8717 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8719 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8721 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8722 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8724 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8725 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8726 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8729 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8731 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8732 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8734 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8735 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8736 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8737 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8738 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8743 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8746 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8750 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8751 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8755 /* Raise frame F. */
8758 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8761 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8762 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8763 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8767 /* Lower frame F. */
8770 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8772 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8775 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8776 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8781 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8784 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8786 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8787 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8788 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8789 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8790 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8793 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8796 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8798 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8799 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8803 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8806 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8807 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8808 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8810 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8815 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8823 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8825 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8827 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8829 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8832 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8834 unsigned long data
[2];
8835 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8837 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8840 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8841 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8842 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8844 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8847 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8848 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8852 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8853 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8854 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8855 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8856 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8857 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8858 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8859 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8860 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8862 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8863 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8864 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8867 /* Change of visibility. */
8869 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8870 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8871 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8872 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8873 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8874 finishes with it. */
8877 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8879 int original_top
, original_left
;
8884 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8886 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8888 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8889 call x_set_offset a second time
8890 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8891 before the window gets really visible. */
8892 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8893 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8894 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8895 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8897 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8899 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8900 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8902 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8903 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8906 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8907 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8909 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8911 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8912 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8914 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8915 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8917 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8918 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8919 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8922 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8924 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8925 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8926 so that incoming events are handled. */
8929 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8930 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8931 will set it when they are handled. */
8932 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8934 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8935 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8937 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8940 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8942 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8943 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8944 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8945 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8947 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8948 because the window manager may choose the position
8949 and we don't want to override it. */
8951 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8952 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8953 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8954 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8955 && previously_visible
)
8959 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8963 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8964 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8965 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8966 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8967 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8968 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8969 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8970 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8971 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8973 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8974 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8975 original_left
, original_top
);
8980 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8982 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
8983 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8985 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8988 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
8989 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
8990 Prevent an endless loop. */
8991 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
8994 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
8995 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
8997 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8998 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8999 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9000 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9001 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9003 if (input_polling_used ())
9005 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9006 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9007 handler reset it. */
9008 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9009 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9010 poll_for_input_1 ();
9011 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9014 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9017 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9018 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9024 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9026 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9029 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9033 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9034 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9036 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9037 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9038 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9042 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9043 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9044 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9045 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9046 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9047 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9050 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9051 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9054 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9055 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9060 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9061 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9064 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9068 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9069 just by the event that we get from the server.
9070 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9071 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9072 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9073 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9074 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9081 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9084 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9086 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9090 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9091 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9092 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9094 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9099 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9101 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9102 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9104 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9105 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9107 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9108 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9109 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9117 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9119 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9120 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9121 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9122 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9123 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9124 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9125 so we have to record it here. */
9126 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9127 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9132 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9133 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9134 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9138 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9140 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9141 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9144 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9146 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9148 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9149 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9150 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9151 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9152 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9153 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9155 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9156 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9158 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9159 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9163 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9164 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9165 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9166 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9167 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9169 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9170 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9172 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9176 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9180 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9182 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9184 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9186 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9187 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9190 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9191 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9193 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9195 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9199 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9202 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9204 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9205 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9206 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9208 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9213 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9214 commands to the X server. */
9215 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9217 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
9218 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
9219 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
9220 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
9222 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9223 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9225 free_frame_faces (f
);
9227 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9228 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9230 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9231 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9232 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9233 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9234 toolkit scroll bars. */
9235 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9237 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9238 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9247 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9248 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9250 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9251 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9253 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9254 we are using a toolkit. */
9255 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9256 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9258 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9259 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9262 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9263 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9265 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9266 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9267 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9269 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9270 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9271 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9272 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9273 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9274 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9276 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9277 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9278 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9279 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9280 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9281 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9284 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9285 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9286 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9287 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9288 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9289 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9290 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9294 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9295 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9297 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9298 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9300 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9302 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9303 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9307 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9308 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9309 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9310 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9311 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9312 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9314 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9315 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9316 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9317 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9318 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9319 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9320 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9322 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9325 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9326 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9327 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9329 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9330 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9331 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9332 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9333 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9334 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9335 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9336 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9342 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9345 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9347 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9349 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9350 commands to the X server. */
9351 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9352 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9354 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9358 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9360 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9361 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9362 that the window now has.
9363 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9364 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9365 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9369 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9371 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9372 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9375 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9377 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9382 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9383 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9385 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9386 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9388 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9389 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9391 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9392 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9394 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9395 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9396 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9397 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9399 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9401 int base_width
, base_height
;
9402 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9404 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9405 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9407 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9409 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9410 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9411 frame size very small. */
9413 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9414 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9417 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9418 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9419 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9420 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9421 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9423 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9424 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9425 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9427 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9428 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9429 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9430 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9431 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9434 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9437 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9442 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9443 long supplied_return
;
9446 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9450 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9455 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9456 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9457 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9458 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9459 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9460 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9461 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9462 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9469 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9470 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9474 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9475 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9477 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9479 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9481 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9483 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9486 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9488 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9491 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9492 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9493 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9494 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9496 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9497 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9499 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9500 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9504 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9506 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9508 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9509 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9514 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9515 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9516 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9517 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9521 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9529 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9533 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9537 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9538 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9539 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9540 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9543 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9545 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9546 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9548 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9552 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9554 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9556 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9557 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9558 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9560 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9564 /***********************************************************************
9566 ***********************************************************************/
9570 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9574 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9576 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9577 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9578 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9581 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9584 /***********************************************************************
9586 ***********************************************************************/
9588 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9589 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9590 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9591 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9593 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9594 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9595 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9597 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9598 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9599 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9600 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9601 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9602 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9603 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9606 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9608 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9610 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9612 static int x_initialized
;
9614 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9615 the screen number from the server number. */
9617 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9620 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9621 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9622 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9624 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9625 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9626 length_until_period
++;
9628 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9629 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9631 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9633 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9634 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9635 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9636 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9637 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9638 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9639 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9640 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9641 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9642 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9643 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9644 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9645 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9646 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9648 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9652 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9656 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9657 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9660 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9661 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9664 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9685 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9686 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9689 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9691 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9692 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9697 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9698 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9700 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9701 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9705 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
9708 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9710 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9711 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
9716 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9717 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
9718 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
9722 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
9723 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
9724 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
9725 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
9727 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
9730 x_uncatch_errors ();
9735 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
9738 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
9742 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
9745 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9748 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
9751 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9755 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9757 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9758 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9761 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9764 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
9767 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9769 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
9771 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9772 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
9774 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9775 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
9776 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9779 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
9782 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9784 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
9785 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
9786 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
9787 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9790 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9791 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
9795 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9796 connection established. */
9797 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9799 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9800 the structure that describes the open display.
9801 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9803 struct x_display_info
*
9804 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9808 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9809 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9821 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9822 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9828 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9829 char **argv2
= argv
;
9832 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9834 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9838 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9839 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9841 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9845 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9847 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9849 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9850 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9853 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9854 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9856 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9858 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9859 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9860 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9862 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9863 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9864 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9865 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9867 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9868 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9869 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9871 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9873 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9876 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9880 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9882 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9883 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9885 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9886 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9888 s
= build_string (file
);
9889 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9891 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9892 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9896 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9897 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9900 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9902 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9904 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9905 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9906 So let's not use it until R6. */
9908 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9919 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9920 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9922 turn_on_atimers (0);
9923 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9924 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9925 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9927 turn_on_atimers (1);
9930 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9935 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9936 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9937 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9938 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9939 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9941 /* Detect failure. */
9948 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9950 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9951 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9954 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9956 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9957 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9958 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9961 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9964 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9966 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9968 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9970 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9971 list of terminals. */
9972 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9973 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9974 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9975 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9977 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9978 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9980 kset_system_key_alist
9982 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9983 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9985 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9986 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9990 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9991 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9992 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9993 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9994 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9996 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9999 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10000 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10001 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10003 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
10004 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10006 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10007 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10010 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10013 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10014 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10015 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10016 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
10017 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10018 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10019 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10020 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10022 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10023 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10025 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10027 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10028 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10029 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10031 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10032 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10034 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10035 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10036 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10037 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10039 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10041 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10043 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10045 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10046 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10047 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10048 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10049 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10050 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10051 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10053 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10055 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10056 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10058 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10059 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10060 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10061 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10062 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10063 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10066 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10067 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10069 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10072 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10073 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10074 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10076 if (STRINGP (value
)
10077 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10078 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10079 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10083 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10084 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10088 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
10090 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
10091 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
10092 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
10093 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
10094 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
10096 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
10097 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
10098 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
10099 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
10100 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
10102 int event_base
, error_base
;
10106 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
10108 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10109 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10110 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10114 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10116 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10117 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10118 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10119 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10120 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10121 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10122 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10123 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10124 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10128 static const struct
10133 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10134 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10137 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10159 /* For properties of font. */
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10165 /* Ghostscript support. */
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10174 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10176 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10181 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10191 /* Session management */
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10198 const int atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
);
10199 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10200 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10201 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10202 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10203 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10204 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10205 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10207 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10208 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10210 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10211 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10212 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10213 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10215 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10216 False
, atoms_return
);
10218 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10219 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10221 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10222 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10224 xfree (atom_names
);
10225 xfree (atoms_return
);
10228 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10229 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10230 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10232 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10233 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10236 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
10239 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10242 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10244 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10246 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10247 if (connection
!= 0)
10248 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10251 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10252 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10254 if (interrupt_input
)
10255 init_sigio (connection
);
10259 XFontStruct
*xfont
= NULL
;
10260 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10263 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10264 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10265 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10266 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10267 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10268 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10269 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10270 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10271 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10273 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !((xfont
= XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))))
10274 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10276 XFreeFont (dpy
, xfont
);
10277 x_uncatch_errors ();
10281 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10282 for debugging X code. */
10285 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10286 build_string ("synchronous"),
10287 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10289 if (STRINGP (value
)
10290 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10291 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10292 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10297 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10298 build_string ("useXIM"),
10299 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10302 if (STRINGP (value
)
10303 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10304 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10307 if (STRINGP (value
)
10308 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10309 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10315 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10316 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10318 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10319 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10327 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10328 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10331 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10333 struct terminal
*t
;
10335 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10337 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10338 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10341 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10342 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10343 x_session_close ();
10345 delete_terminal (t
);
10349 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10350 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10352 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10353 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10356 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10358 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10359 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10360 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10363 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10364 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10365 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10369 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10371 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10372 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10373 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10374 that slows us down. */
10377 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10380 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10381 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10383 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10384 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10385 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10386 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10391 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10392 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10393 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10394 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10395 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10396 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10397 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10400 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10403 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10405 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10406 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10407 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10412 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10415 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10417 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10419 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10423 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10425 x_after_update_window_line
,
10426 x_update_window_begin
,
10427 x_update_window_end
,
10429 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10430 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10431 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10432 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10433 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10434 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10435 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10436 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10437 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10438 x_clear_frame_area
,
10439 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10440 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10441 x_draw_window_divider
,
10442 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10446 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10448 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10451 int connection
= -1;
10453 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10454 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10455 if (!terminal
->name
)
10460 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10463 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10466 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10467 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10468 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10470 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10472 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10473 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10475 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10476 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10477 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10478 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10480 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10481 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10482 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10483 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10484 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10485 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10486 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10487 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10488 leaks in other situations. */
10490 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10491 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10493 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10495 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10496 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10497 closing all the displays. */
10498 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10502 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10504 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10505 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10507 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10509 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10512 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10513 if (connection
!= -1)
10514 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10516 /* Mark as dead. */
10517 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10518 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10522 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10523 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10525 static struct terminal
*
10526 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10528 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10530 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
10532 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10533 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10535 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10537 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10538 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10539 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10540 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10541 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10542 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10543 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10544 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10545 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10546 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10547 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10548 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10549 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10550 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
10551 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
10552 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
10554 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10555 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10556 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10557 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10558 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10559 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10560 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
10566 x_initialize (void)
10571 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10572 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10575 current_count
= -1;
10578 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10579 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10581 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10582 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10584 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10586 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10587 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10588 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10589 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10590 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10591 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10592 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10594 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10597 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10599 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10600 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10604 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10605 original error handler. */
10606 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10607 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10612 syms_of_xterm (void)
10614 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10616 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10617 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10620 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10621 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10623 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10626 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10627 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10628 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10629 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10630 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10631 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10632 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10634 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10636 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10637 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10638 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10639 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10640 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10641 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10642 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10644 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10645 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10646 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10647 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10648 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10649 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10650 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10651 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10652 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10654 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10655 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10656 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10657 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10658 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10659 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10660 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10662 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10663 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10664 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10666 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10668 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10671 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10674 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10675 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10676 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10677 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10678 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10679 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10680 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10681 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10682 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10684 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10685 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10686 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10687 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10688 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10689 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10691 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10692 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10693 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10694 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10695 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10696 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10698 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10699 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10700 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10701 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10702 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10703 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10705 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10706 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10707 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10708 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10709 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10710 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10712 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10713 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10714 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10715 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10716 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),